1 / 424100%
MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS: ALTERNATIVES TO INCREASE
SHAREHOLDER WEALTH
Introduction
Increased merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry is driven by changes in
economic conditions. According to Berger et al. (1998) there are five main changes in the
economy that encourage the rise of merger and acquisition activities, namely technological
advances, improving financial conditions, excess capacity / financial failure, international
market consolidation and deregulation.
Mergers and acquisitions have become a contemporary business practice in an effort to
improve shareholder welfare. This business practice invites many researchers to conduct
research. Many articles have been produced from research related to mergers and acquisitions.
Various aspects have been studied, such as motivation, impact on the company that are
involved and their characteristics.
A number of researchers have examined the impact of mergers and acquisitions on
shareholder welfare. The findings show that there are different results on the impact of
mergers and acquisitions on shareholder welfare. Findings stating that mergers and
acquisitions result in The increase in shareholder welfare was carried out by Benston et al.
(1995), Damsetz and Strahan (1995), Akhavein et al. (1997), Rhoades (1998), Hughes et al.
(1999). The research on mergers and acquisitions impacting on the decline in stock welfare
was conducted by Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), Limmack (1991), and Bradley (1980).
Gregory (1997).
The finding that mergers and acquisitions fail to improve shareholder welfare is an
interesting topic for further study. This is because it contradicts the economies of scale theory,
which means that in business practice there are diseconomies of scale. In the economies of
scale theory, it is explained that increasing the scale of operations will obtain various
economic benefits, such as increased efficiency, increased revenue and lower risk (Hunter and
Wall, 1989; Spiegel and Gart 1996).
The failure of merger and acquisition capabilities in improving shareholder welfare is
explained by several researchers, among others: Roll (1986) with the hubris hypothesis which
states that mergers and acquisitions will not increase shareholder welfare because the
motivation for mergers and acquisitions is based on manager error in estimating the
acquisition value, which is too high. With the high value of acquisitions, shareholder welfare
decreases. Second, the decline in shareholder welfare is due to the opportunity for agency
problems among organizational participants (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The inability to
manage conflicts will result in decreased organizational performance, which in turn will have
an impact on the decline in shareholder welfare.
From the description above, the question arises: how can mergers and acquisitions
improve shareholder welfare?
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
School of Thought: Motives for Mergers and Acquisitions
Various studies have been conducted to explain the reasons for conducting mergers and
acquisitions, both in terms of their advantages and disadvantages. The following will outline
important concepts related to mergers and acquisitions from various schools of thought,
namely:
Industrial Organization Economics (IO Economics)
In IO economics, there are two schools of thought, namely the market power school and
the efficiency school. Research in the market power school is research that explains that
mergers are conducted on the basis of monopoly motives (Stigler, 1950; Scherer, 1970).
However, subsequent research conducted by Eckbo (1983), Stillman (1983), and Jensen
(1984) showed that monopoly is no longer the main reason for mergers.
The efficiency school explains that the main reason for mergers and acquisitions is the
increase in economies of scale (Hopkin, 1983) and economies of scope (Boumol, et al., 1988).
The magnitude of merger and acquisition activity in the banking industry may be explained
through efficiency by market expansion.
Financial Theory
In financial theory, mergers and acquisitions are described as being undertaken to
diversify risk (Lewellen, 1971), however, this view has changed with the belief that risk
reduction by diversification is no longer valuable to investors. Equity and debt holders can
diversify risk in efficient capital markets at lower costs and with more flexibility (Chang and
Thomas, 1989). However, if the arguments in finance theory are accepted then firms should
pursue a conglomerate strategy to reduce cash flow variance and failure risk.
Managerial Economics
Managerial Economics uses agency theory to explain the motives for mergers and
acquisitions. Managers have discretionary freedom in public companies, which they can use
for their own interests (Jensen and Meckling, 1976). The occurrence of mergers and
acquisitions is due to top managers wanting increased influence, power, prestige and status
(Mueller, 1969). Mergers and acquisitions are not driven to increase share value, but rather to
increase managerial profits (Roll, 1986). Managers often use resources in an inefficient
manner. In fact, inefficient companies are the main target of investors to become more
efficient (Jensen, 1984). Investors' motivation for investment is to find companies whose
stock value is lower than the value of the assets sold. The investor's rationality is to buy the
company at a low price and sell it at a high price.
Stratergic Management
The strategic management literature has attempted to extend the ideas developed by
economists by explaining the reasons for valuable acquisitions (Chatterjee and Wernefelt,
1991). This study has included the resource base perspective which is the result of research
by Chatterjee (1986), Barney (1986, 1988). These studies have discussed synergies, which
showed that strategic relatedness is not sufficient to generate positive abnormal returns for
shareholders. shareholders (Harrison et al., 1991), Other research results emphasize the
importance of mergers and acquisitions as a way to improve performance (Bowman and
Singh, 1993). Other researchers focus on the consequences of unfavorable acquisition
strategies, such as a decrease in developing innovation capabilities (Hitt, et al., 1996). There
is also evidence to consider that acquisitions allow companies to improve their performance.
Companies exchange specific resources that cause market failure (Hennart and Park, 1993).
Most recent research on the resource base suggests that the use of mergers and acquisitions to
gain ways to improve performance (Capron and Pastre, 2002).
Different Ways to Meet Resources and Capabilities
Company that Having identified its resource and capability gaps, the company will
decide how to fulfill them to obtain new resources. According to Capron et al. (1998) to fulfill
resource and capability gaps, companies can choose (1) factor markets, (2) internal
development, and (3) internal development. internal developments (2) internal developments,
(3) cooperation, (4) mergers and acquisitions. There are three conditions Strategic resources
and capabilities allow for the development of sustainable competitive advantage, these
resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to
move (Barney, 1991). (Strategic resources and capabilities allow for the development of
sustainable competitive advantage, these resources and capabilities are rare, difficult to
imitate, unsustainable and not perfectly free to move (Barney, 1991). The distance between
resources shows the main differences between resources and capabilities and will be followed
by differences in the next path (Teece, 1986). Uncertainty Environmental uncertainty
indicates market and technological uncertainties that if not handled properly, resources and
capabilities will become question marks (Liberman and Montgomery, 1988).
Factor Markets
Company Companies that Companies that seek to improve their resources and
capabilities in a dynamic business environment, will then focus on strategically valuable
resources and capabilities that facilitate the development of new competitive advantages
(Eisenhard and Martin, 2000; Helfat and Pateraf: 2003). Strategically valuable resources and
capabilities are nebulous, specific, and complex (McEvily and Chakravarthy, 2000).
Resources and capabilities will face factor market uncertainty because they are in a process
that cannot be achieved in isolation (Teece, 1986a). And to transfer vague knowledge, the
recipient must have knowledge of communication codes (Dietrich, 1994) by means of face-to-
face communication.
Market imperfections for strategically valuable resources may also stem from logical
and idiosyncratic transaction costs. Specific high-value resources are characterized by high
monitoring and other transaction costs, making them difficult to trade (Chi, 1994). According
to Amit and Schoemaker (1993) strategic value resources are difficult to buy and sell in factor
markets. Even factor markets may not exist, such as reputation markets (Dierikx and Cool,
1989). Therefore, factor markets cannot meet the needs of strategic value resources (McEvely
and Chakravethy, 2000). Only low strategic value resources can be met from factor markets.
Internal Development
Fulfilling resources and capabilities through internal development will be problematic.
This is because: First, internal development may not be suitable due to time constraints in a
dynamic business environment (D'Aveni, 1994). In order to capitalize on new business
opportunities, there are usually only specific strategies available that are The period is limited
(Abell. 1978). Also, the vague, specific and complex nature of existing resources may indicate
development stemming from innovation (Teece, 1986b). The isolation mechanism, especially
in the dependency flow, may protect the firm from imitation for some time allowing its
resource position to generate economic rents. However, this protection implies that firms that
want to create true resource innovations will be constrained by the isolation mechanism.
The internal development of new resources and capabilities is limited by existing
resources and capabilities. To develop new resources and capabilities quickly, the difference
between existing and new resources must be relatively small (Tripass and Gavetti, 2000). So
the new resources and capabilities can be developed internally. Consequently, to add new
resources and capabilities, access is required through sources other than factor markets and
internal development. Another alternative is inter-firm cooperation (Capron and Mitchel,
2004).
Cooperation
Joint ventures and other forms of cooperation can facilitate the exchange of resources
between two or more firms and provide additional advantages (Hogedoorn, 1993). However,
from the perspective of the resource base, joint ventures have two limitations in meeting
resource shortages, first, entering into a joint venture carries the risk of dispersing know how
(Bresser, 1988). The idea of entering into a joint venture is due to the special advantages that
the partners have in a new combination. The resulting interaction of resources and capabilities
in a joint venture gives partners access to original and transformed resources. Second, joint
ventures allow for increased conflict between partners. Differences in knowledge are the basis
for individual collaboration in joint ventures, which may result in different assessments and
expectations.
Despite the drawbacks joint ventures may provide a useful alternative to full integration
because of the flexibility they provide. If joint venture is considered a real option, it can be
interpreted as a strategy to develop new resources in situations of high uncertainty. Joint
ventures can help generate information about the likely future value of new resource
combinations (Folta and Miller, 2002). To the extent that market and technological
uncertainty about resources is high, joint ventures will provide value. Joint ventures will be
appropriate for filling resource gaps when market and technological uncertainty are high.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring new resources and capabilities through factor markets, internal development
and cooperation is difficult due to restrictive circumstances. Mergers and acquisitions provide
possibility (Tsoukas, 1996) which results in unity of control (Nelson and Wintcr, 1982).
Acquisition of resources and capabilities provides to The acquisition of resources and
capabilities gives the acquirer full control within the unitary institution whose information
dissemination provides an advantage. The exchange of information and skills within a single
firm is easier to organize and will be more effective than a joint venture (Teece, 1986b)
Compared to other alternatives, strategically valuable resources and capabilities are relatively
easier to transfer through mergers and acquisitions.
Resources obtained from mergers and acquisitions have the advantage of not being
limited by existing resources and capabilities (Krishnan, et al., 2004). And there is no
limitation to expand even if the new resources acquired are different from the current ones.
Value Gains From Mergers And Acquisitions
The use of mergers and acquisitions to fulfill resource shortages does not generate
positive abnormal returns to the shareholders of the acquiring company. Empirical studies
that show such results are Bradley (1980), Asquith (1983), and Limmack (1991). Before
explaining the condition of shareholders who get positive abnormal returns due to mergers
and acquisitions, we will explain the relationship between resources and value.
Resource, synergy, complementary and Value.
When mergers and acquisitions are used to acquire resources they are intended to realize
synergies from the combination of firms that have related strategic resources. Synergies can
be created if the resources and capabilities of the merging firms can be transferred and
deployed between entities (Capron and Mitchell, 2000). Synergies can be achieved if the
combination of resources and capabilities is complementary. The complementary combination
of new and old resources may result in a set of resources that meet external needs. This is
better than before the merger. Therefore, firms that undertake complementary combinations
will be able to fulfill resource shortages (Barney, 1988). If the combination of resources and
capabilities is not complementary, the transaction cannot be expected to create value.
Therefore, complementary resource combinations will increase economic value. However, not
all complementary types are strategically valuable.
Teece (1996b) describes innovation and alliances. In this explanation, complementary
resource types are divided into three, namely: generic, specialized and cospecialization.
Generic complementary resources are not specific to match other resources. These resources
are commodities that are easily replaced because they are abundantly available and
combinations of this type do not create unique value. Specialized resources are dependent on
other resources. When these specialized resources are paired with independent resources, they
create value, and when they are separated, they lose value. Cospecialized resources are
characterized by bilateral dependencies that will generate economic value if combined and
will decrease in value if separated. Thus, strategic value can be generated only from a
combination of specialized and specialized resources.
Economic Value of Acquiring and Acquired Companies
Various studies have shown that the acquiring firm's holders do not gain the economic
value that the acquired firm gains (Sirower, 1997). This inequality of profit distribution can be
explained for situations involving multiple homogeneous bidding firms. Homogeneity of
bidders will lead to homogeneity in valuing the firm to be acquired, which in turn will lead to
zero abnormal returns for the acquiring firm (Barney, 1988). Homogeneity of bidders allows
entry in the bidding auction, which ultimately becomes a problem for the winner because it
pays a very high price (Oster, 1994).
To achieve economic value, the acquiring firm must seek imperfect markets. In an
imperfect market, the position of the acquiring company will be different from other
companies (idiosyncratic). Hence, heterogeneity, which is the basic assumption of resource
base theory, will provide a logical argument for the success or failure of mergers and
acquisitions. Only heterogeneity between existing companies can differentiate companies to
achieve different synergies. This is because the acquired company will show different values
with different acquiring companies. If the acquiring firm can achieve synergies that are not
available to other bidding firms, this advantage may not be lost to competition and
shareholders of the acquiring firm can expect to receive economic value from mergers and
acquisitions (Baghat et al., 1990).
Barney identified three situations in imperfect markets that give the acquiring company
a unique position. These situations are are: (1) cash flow synergies that provide
individualized and unique value, (2) cash flow synergies that provide inimitable and unique
value and (3) cash flow synergies that provide unanticipated value (Barney, 1988).
Sources Of Potential Benefits From Mergers And Acquisitions
Merger and acquisition strategies are intended to benefit from increased shareholder
wealth or to increase value for managers, which is explained by the management self-interest
hypothesis. However, the question of whether mergers and acquisitions have value in
achieving operational and financial gains is still a topic of discussion in the mergers and
acquisitions literature. The following will outline the sources of potential benefits derived
from mergers and acquisitions.
Synergistic Advantage
The synergy hypothesis explains that two companies will benefit more when they merge
than when they operate independently. The combination of assets from two companies will
increase the aggregate market value (Dodd & Ruback, 1977). The synergy effect comes from
increasing efficiency due to economies of scope or economies of scale (Mueler, 1980).
Testing of the synergy hypothesis was carried out by Seagall (1968) which showed that
there was a decrease in costs due to mergers. Mueller (1980) in his research showed no
support for the synergv hypothcsis. Another researcher, Bedingfield, Rockers and Stagliano
(1984) also failed to show any synergy from bank mergers. The previous decade also tested
the synergy hypothesis which also failed to show any synergy from mergers and acquisitions
(Hogarty, 1970).
Monopolistic Advantage
The monopoly hypothesis explains that market power and associated market profits will
increase due to the merger of two or more firms in one industry. Eckbo's (1983) conducted a
study to test this hypothesis and his findings showed no support for the monopoly hypothesis.
Managerial Efficiency
The Inefficiency Hypothesis explains that mergers and acquisitions will be able to
improve poor management performance due to the merger of companies with poor
management (Hannan et al., 1992). From various studies (Dodd and Ruback, 1977; Manne,
1965; and Mualler, 1969), the concept of managerial efficiency is the basis of the mechanism
for replacing incompetent managers. Berger, Hunter and Timme (1993) say that the potential
gains derived from scale and scope economies are dominated by the gains derived from the
elimination of incompetent management.
Diversification
One of the reasons for conducting mergers and acquisitions is to diversify either
geographically or financially. Hannan and Wolken (1989) explain that the loss of
geographical boundaries geographic boundaries allows banks to realize the benefits of
geographic diversification that were previously unavailable. Cornett and Tehranian (1992)
find that there is a significant increase in cash flow returns for shareholders realized through
mergers. Liang and Rhodes (1988) in their study found that risk is reduced by geographic
diversification. Benston, Hunter and Wall (1995) explain the earning diversification
hypothesis which suggests that acquiring firms seek diversification benefits in an attempt to
generate higher levels of cash flow for a given level of risk.
Conclusions
Mergers and acquisitions are appropriate to fulfill resource shortages if the required
resources have high strategic value. In addition to this, there is also a requirement for a strong
divergence with existing resources, and moderate or low market and technological
uncertainty. Mergers and acquisitions will result in shareholder welfare by obtaining positive
abnormal returns for both the acquiring and acquired companies, if both companies have
strategic value resources that are cospecialized.
Students also viewed